Page 1
ﺩThinkCentre 
ﺃﻧ ﻮ ﺍ ﻉ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ 26972698274227502935294329602967298629922994           
ﻭ2999318231843186319032013204320832123217322032263228             
ﻭ330233913392   
Page 2
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ૧ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ         
١٢٧ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﻤﺎ. 
© Copyright Lenovo 2012.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ )ﺳﺒﺘﻤﺒﺮ 
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ:ﻓﻲ ًﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ،ﻳﺨ،ﺃﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸ   
ﺭﻗﻢGS-35F-05925 
Page 3
ﺍﻟ
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ٢٣ 
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ.٢٣ 
ﺍﻹ٢٤ 
ﺩﻭﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ٢٤ 
ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ٢٤ 
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ٢٤ 
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ٢٤ 
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ٢٥ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳ٢٥ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٤.ﺍﻷ٢٧   
ﺧ٢٧ 
ﻗﻔﻞ٢٧ 
ﺗﻮ٢٨ 
ﺗﻮ٢٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ٣٠ 
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕBIOS٣٠  
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕWindows٣٠  
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﻗﺎﺭ٣١ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ٣١ 
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ٣١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴ٣٣   
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ٣٣ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٣ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٣ 
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ٣٣ 
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٤ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐPCI٣٥  
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٨ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٤٠ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٤٢ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ٤٦ 
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﻣ٤٧ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٤٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ٥٠ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٥٣ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐmSATA 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٥ 
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ٦٠ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٦٢ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٦٤ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٦٥ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝUSB٦٧  
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ٦٨ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ٧٠ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٧٢ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝWiFi٧٣  
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi٧٩  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺃﺳﻼ
ﻛﺎﺑﻼ
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١.ﻧﻈ١   
ﺍﻟﺨ١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ٤ 
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo٤  
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 7٥    
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 8٦   
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔLenovo٦  
ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ.٨ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٨ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ٩ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.١٠ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ١١ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ١٤ 
ﻣﻠﺼ١٤ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٢.ﺍﺳ١٧   
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ.١٧ 
ﺍﻟﻮWindows 8١٧  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ١٧ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭWindows١٨  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺯﺭThinkVantage١٨  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ١٨ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺎﻭ١٨ 
ﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﺼ١٩ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٩ 
ﺿﺒﻂ١٩ 
ﺿﺒﻂ١٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍCDDVD٢٠   
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻗﺮﺍCDDVD٢٠   
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮCDDVD٢٠   
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﻗﺮCDDVD٢١   
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٣.ﺃﻧ٢٣   
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ٢٣ 
i
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 4
ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ١٠٥ 
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.١٠٦ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi٨١  
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ٨٣ 
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ.٨٤ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١٠.ﺗ  
ﻭﺇ١٠٧ 
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ١٠٧ 
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ١٠٨ 
ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ١٠٨ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼCD١١٠  
ﻣﺸﻜﻼDVD١١١  
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١١٢ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١١٢ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١١٤ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١١٥ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١١٨ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١١٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٢٠ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٢١ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٢١ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼUSB١٢٢  
Lenovo Solution Center١٢٢ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١١.ﺍﻟﺤ  
Power-On Password٩ 
Administrator Password٩ 
Hard Disk Password٩ 
ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ١٢٣ 
ﻣ١٢٣ 
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools١٢٣ 
Lenovo Welcome١٢٣ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١٢٣ 
ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﻀ١٢٣ 
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐLenovo١٢٣  
ﻣﻮﻗﻊLenovo١٢٤  
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١٢٤ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ١٢٤ 
ﻃﻠﺐ١٢٤ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ١٢٥ 
ﺷﺮﺍﺀ١٢٥ 
CMOS٩ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૧.ﺍﻹ١٢٧   
ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ١٢٧ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٦.٨٧  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 7٨٧  
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.٨٧ 
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ٨٨ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery٨٩  
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ٨٩ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٩ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٩ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٩ 
ﺣﻞ٩ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 8٩  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٧.ﺍﺳSetup Utility٩    
ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٩  
ﻋﺮ٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ٩ 
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ٩ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ٩ 
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ)ﻣﺴﺢ 
ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ٩ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ٩ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ٩ 
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ.٩ 
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦErP٩  
ﻭICE٩  
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱﻟـICE٩   
ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝSetup Utility٩  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٨.ﺗﺤﺪﻳ١٠١   
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ١٠١ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ١٠١ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ١٠١ 
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﻓﺸﻞPOST/BIOS١٠٢  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૨.ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٢٩   
ﺍﻟﻤﻼ١٢٩ 
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ١٢٩ 
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ١٢٩ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٣١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૩١٣٣  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWEEE١٣٣  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٣٣ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٣٤ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٩.ﺗﻔﺎﺩ١٠٣   
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ١٠٣ 
ﺍﻟﺤ
ﺑﻚ.١٠٣ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ١٠٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem Update١٠٣  
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ١٠٤ 
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ.١٠٤ 
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ١٠٤ 
iiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre   
Page 5
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٣٤ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٣٥ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ૪ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﺮﺓ   
(RoHS)١٣٧ 
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ١٣٧ 
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ١٣٧ 
ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢRoHS١٣٧  
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕRoHS١٣٨  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૫ENERGY STAR١٣٩   
ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮ١٤١ 
iii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 6
iv ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ  
Page 7
ﻣ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﻣﻦ  
ﻓﻲ
ﺃﻭ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﻣﻮﻗﻊﺩﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ   
®
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﻟﺪﻳﻚ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚPortable Document Format (PDF)    
ﺍﻟﺨﺎLenovo 
"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟ 
ﻻ،ﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻃ ُﻠﺐ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺫ ُﻛﺮ.ﻳﺠ 
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓ  ًﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ .ﺗﺘﻢﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻣﻦﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤ)ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕCRULenovo    
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳCRU ًﺎﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﻣﻦﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ 
ﻭﻓ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٥٣٣    
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻓﺎﺗ 
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﻳﻌﺪ ًﺎﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ  
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻣﻨ 
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺜﻞ ًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻐًﺎ.ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ 
ﺍﻷ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮCRU،   
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ،ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺍﻻ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺔ-ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ: 
• ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ .ﺇﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ .
v
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 8
• ﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ .ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ   
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐCRU،ﻳﺠ    
ﻏﻴﺮ
• ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎ ﺱ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺤﻨﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ   ًﺩﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ  
ﺫﻟﻚ،،ﺛﻢ  
• ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺃ 
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﻻﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ .
2
، ﺃﻭﺃﻓﻀ ﻞ .ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ،  
ﻳﺠ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ،ﻳﺠH05VV-F3G0.75      
ﻳﺠ
ﻻ.ﺣﻴﺚ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ  
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪء. 
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ، 
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ،   
ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﻼ.ﻭﺃﻳ ًﺎﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ/ﺃﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ  
ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ
ﻳﺠ
ﻻ)ﻋﻠﻰ 
ﻓﻲ
ﻻ
ﺑﺴﻠﻚ
ﻛﺎﺑ 
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻛﺎﺑﻼ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ 
ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ)ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ(ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﻓﻼ   
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞﻟﺬﻟﻚ.
ﻻ.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ،ﻓﺎﺗ  
ﻻ؛ﻭﺇﻻ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ.ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ًﺎ.ﺗﻌﺪ  
ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ،ﻓﺎﺗ  
viﻭ 
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 9
ﻣﻨﺎﺳ.ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﻧﺴﺒﺔ80.ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲﻟﻠﺤ   
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،  
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﻄ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ
ﺍﻷ 
ً
ﻻ(USB)1394  
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ﻭﺑﺨ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈ    ٍﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ 
ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ًﺎ:
• ﺗﺘﺮ ﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﺟ ﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ .
ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ 
•ﻻ 
•ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ    
ﻭ
ﺗﻔﻘٰﺪ.ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ   
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ.ﺇﺫﺍﻻ،ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ   
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ.ﻗﻢﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ.ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،  
ﺣﺎﻭﻝﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ،  
ﺗﻔﺤ،،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ  
ﻟﺴ،ﻳﺠ 
•ﺍﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ًﺎ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ  ًﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ.
•ﺗﻔﻘﺪﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ 
•ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﻣﻦﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ  
ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ
•ﻻ 
•ﻻ،ﺣﻴﺚ   
•ﻳﺠﺩﺭﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ   
•ﻻﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭ  
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ 
ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ،  
ﻳﺠ
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ)ﻣﻦ5095(ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮ.ﻓﺸ      
ﺣﺘﻰ
vii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 10
ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﻮ،ﻓﻲ  
ﻳﺠ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،  
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ
ﻻ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ،ﻓﻘﺪ  
ﻳﺤﺪ
ﻻ.ﺍﻟﻔ 
ﻣ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
writers Laboratories (UL) ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠ Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ،ﻳﺠ ًﺎﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻻ،ﻣﺜﻞ: 
•ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
•ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
•ﻻ 
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺧﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ    ُﻌﺪﻟ
•ﻻ 
ﺑﻴﺎ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ، 
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻷﻏﻓﻘﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞﻻ   
•ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ 
ﺧ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ
ﺑﻴﺎ 
ﻻ
viiiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre   
Page 11
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺗﻴﺎﺭ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ 
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ،ﻓﺎﺗ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻨ 
ﺣﺎﻓﻆ،ﺛﻢﺍﻓ  
ﻋﻠﻰ،ﺛﻢﺍﻣﺴ  
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ix
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 12
x ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ  
Page 13
®
Windows®7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺧﻟﻌﺮ          
®
Core™  i3
ﺍﻟ١  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢLenovo  
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ
ﺍﻟ 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ.ﺗﻐﻄ ُﺯ.
ﻟﻌﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ 
• ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utilityﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩٥ .ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩ Main       
!!System Summaryﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ . 
•ﻓﻲMicrosoft  
•ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ     
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ . 
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ)ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ 
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel  
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i5  
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i7  
®
®
•ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Celeron  
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Pentium  
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ3 ّﻨﺔ(DDR3 UDIMMs) 
ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ
•ﻣﺤﺃﻗﺮﺍﺃﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(     
•ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮSerial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA)  
•ﻣﺤSATA  
ﻣﻼ:ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎSATA 2.0SATA 3.0،ﺍﺭﺟ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ     
ﺍﻟ١١ 
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ
•ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕVideo Graphics Array (VGA)ﻭﻣﻮDisplayPort    
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPeripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express x16ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ   
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ
•ﻣﻮ(HD)ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ   
•ﻣﻮ 
•ﻣﻮ 
١
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 14
• ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ   
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ100/1000 Mbps integrated Ethernet  
•ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻓﺎﻛPCIﻣﺮﻛ   ّﺐ
ﺧ
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯpower-on self-test (POST)  
•ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ(DMI)  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ 
ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
•Intel Standard Manageability 
ﺇﻥIntel Standard Manageability 
ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎﺃﻗﻞ
• ﺰﻳﻦ Intel Matrix 
ﺇﻥIntel Matrix Storage Manager ًﺎﻟﻤSATA RAID 5SATA RAID 10   
ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕIntel 
•Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) 
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ)ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ(ﺃﻭ   
ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ.
• 
Intelligent Cooling Engineﻫﻮﻛﻤﺎﺗﺮﺍﻗﺐ  
ﻭICE.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ"ﻭICE٩"ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ       
ﺍﻟﺤـICE٩   
• System Management (SM) Basic Input/Output System (BIOS)SM  
ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻣﻮﺍSM BIOSBIOS   
ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
• 
Wake on LANﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻳﺘﻴﺢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪﻓﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ   
ﻭﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ .
• 
ﻣﻴﺰﺓWake on Ring،  ُﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎﺑﺎﺳﻢWake on Modem،   
ﻣﻦ
• 
Windows Management Instrumentationﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻓﻬﻮﻳﻮﻓﺮ  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ .
ﺧ/ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ(I/O)  
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺃﻗﻄﺎﺏﻭﺍﺣﺪﺛﺎﺑﺖ   
•ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔﻣﻮUniversal Serial Bus (USB)ﻣﻮ   
•ﻣﻮDisplayPort  
•ﻣﻮEthernetﻭﺍﺣﺪ   
•ﻣﻮPersonal System/2 (PS/2)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ   
•ﻣﻮﻭﺍﺣﺪ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ   
•ﻣﻮVGAﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ   
٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 15
•ﺛﻼﻣﻮ،ﻣﻮ،ﻣﻮ      
•ﻣﻮﻣﻮ  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ٨   
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ٩. 
ﺍﻟﺘﻮ
•ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express x1ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ   
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕPCI Express x16ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ   
•ﺧﺎﻧﺘﻴﻦﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ 
•ﻓﺘﺤﺘﺎﻥﻟﻤﺤﺮ 
•ﻓﺘﺤﺘﺎﻥﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI  
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ280ﻭﺍﻁ   
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ450ﻭﺍﻁ   
ﺧ
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓUSBﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻛﻞ   
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ 
•ﻳﺘﻢﺩﻣﺞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agentﻓﻲ   
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻳﺴﻤﻰ  
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﻊﺑﻌ  
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(POP)،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ      
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴ 
•ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ 
•ﺩﻋﻢﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ 
•ﺩﻋﻢﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ 
•ﺩﻋﻢﺇﻗﻔﻞKensington   
•Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ٤٢٧   
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo     
ﺍﻟ٤. 
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 7  
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 8  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣   
Page 16
ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻧﻈﺎﻡ )ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ   ١) ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ ( 
®
•Linux 
•Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP 3 
ﺍﻟﻤ 
ﻳﺴ
ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ
ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
• ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ :
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ
• 
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ
• 
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
•ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧ 
–ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔ 
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ:
ﻣﺪﻯ:ﻣﻦ5060   
–
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ:
ﻣﺪﻯ:ﻣﻦ5060   
ﺑﺮﺍﻣLenovo  
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎLenovo ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰWindows ًﺎ،ﻗﺪ  
ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ
١ .)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺩﺓﻫﻨﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎﻭﺫﻟﻚﻓﻲﻭﻗﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ .ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ Lenovo    
ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ.ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺗﻢﺗﺮﺧﻴ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ   
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 17
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 7   
ﻓﻲWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovoLenovo ThinkVantage    ®Tools
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoLenovo ThinkVantage Tools  
ﻟﻠﻮ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools     
ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolsﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ ،ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ    
ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ 
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ١.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools   
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
Enhanced Backup and Restore
ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ
ﺳ
ﻣﺨﺰﻥ
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ
ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
®
ﻣﻼﻗﺪ ًﺎﻟﻄ
ﺍﻟﻮLenovo 
ﻟﻠﻮ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺛﻢ،ﺑﻨﺎﺀ    ًﻋﻠﻰ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ،ﺛﻢ   
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،    ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎ 
ﻓﻮ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ    
ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ
ﻳﺘﻢ
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ  
ﺍﻟﻨ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
Lenovoﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ 
Lenovoﻗﺎﺭﺉ 
Lenovoﺳ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٥   
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ 
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Page 18
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ٢.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ)ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ(   
Lenovoﻣﺨﺰﻥﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ 
Lenovoﻋﻨﺎﺻ 
Lenovo -Enhanced Backup and
Restore
Lenovo - SimpleTap
Lenovoﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ 
Lenovo View Management Utility
ﺍﻟﻨ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo 
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
ﻣﻼﻗﺪ ًﺎﻟﻄ
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 8   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 ًﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo  
• ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ Lenovo QuickLaunchﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ   ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ  
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ)+(.  
• ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Windowsﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﻞ     
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ  
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo 
•Fingerprint Software 
•Lenovo Companion 
•Lenovo Settings 
•Lenovo Solution Center 
•Lenovo QuickLaunch 
•Lenovo Support 
•Password Manager 
•System Update 
ﻣLenovo  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡLenovo 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ  ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
•Communications Utility 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCommunications Utility ًﺎﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳًﺎ.ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ 
ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﻴﻦﻟﺘﺤIP(VOIP)  
٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 19
•Fingerprint Software 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ،ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ،ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺴ  
ﺍﻟﻘﺮWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔ   
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
•Lenovo Cloud Storage 
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Cloud Storage ًﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
ﺍﻟﻤﺨ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
Lenovo Cloud Storage ،ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/cloud  
•Lenovo Companion 
ﻣﻦLenovo Companion،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•Lenovo Settings 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Settings 
ﻭﺍﻟ
•Lenovo Solution Center 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚLenovo Solution Center.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ  
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺇﻟﻰ 
•Lenovo QuickLaunch 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo QuickLaunch ًﺳ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲLenovoMicrosoft   
ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ
•Lenovo Support 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚLenovo SupportLenovo  
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools 
ﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ   
ﻓﻲ
•Lenovo Welcome 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻟﻚLenovo WelcomeLenovo  
ﺃﻗ
•Password Manager 
ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager ًﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞWindows 
•Power Manager 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚPower Manager.ﻭﻳﻤﻜ  ّﻨﻚ
•Recovery Media 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚRecovery Media 
•Rescue and Recovery 
ﻳﻌﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ًﻟﻼ،  
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ،،،    
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 
•SimpleTap 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚSimpleTap 
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSimpleTap  ًﺎﻟﻠﻮLenovo App 
Shop ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ . 
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٧   
Page 20
–ﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ .ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTap   
ﻷﻭﻝ
–ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺭ ﻕﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ًﺍﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ   ُﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ  
SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
•System Update 
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ )ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ  
Lenovo،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ      
•View Management Utility 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚView Management Utility.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻳ ًﺎﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﺃﻣﺎﻛ 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ،ﺑﺎﻹ 
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ
ﺗ 
ﻳﻮ١"ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ٨ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ   
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
5ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ1(      
6ﻣﻮ 
1ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻧﺸﺎﻁ 
2ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ 
٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 21
3ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻣﻮ  
8ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ2(      
4ﺯﺭﺇﻏ/ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ   
ﺗ 
ﻳﻌﺮ٢٩ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢.ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
9ﻣﻮ 
11ﻣﻮ 
12ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭPCI Express x16  
13ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭPCI Express x1  
14ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕPCI  
15ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ(2)  
1ﻣﻮ 
2ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ)ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ1(ﻣﻮ    
3ﻣﻮPS/2ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(   
4ﻣﻮVGA  
5ﻣﻮDisplayPort  
6ﻣﻮUSB 3.0ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬUSBﻣﻦ5ﺇﻟﻰ8(        
7ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍUSBﺭﻗﻢ3ﻭ4(        
8ﻣﻮEthernetﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ2(     
ﻣﻮ
ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ،ﻣﺜﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ  
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ 
ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ،ﻣﺜﻞ)ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ   
ﺍﻟﻤ(ﺃﻭ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٩   
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ
ﻣﻮ
Page 22
ﻣﻮ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﺃﻭﺃﻱ
ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ
DisplayPort
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ FCC Class B،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞCategory 5 Ethernet    
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺘﻮ
ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ9 
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮUSB 2.0،ﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢUSBUSBUSB     
ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔUSBUSB،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚUSB،ﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ     
ﻟﺘﻮUSB 
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮUSB 2.0USB 3.0USBUSB    
ﺿUSBUSBUSB،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚUSB،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ      
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﺘﻮUSB 
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕVGAVGA  
ﻣﻮDisplayPort 
ﻣﻮEthernetEthernet(LAN)   
ﻣﻮ
ﻣﻮPS/2PS/2  
ﻣﻮPS/2PS/2  
ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ
ﻣﻮUSB 2.0 
ﻣﻮUSB 3.0 
ﻣﻮVGA 
ﺗ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣"ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ١١.ﻻ،ﺍﺭ"ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ      
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٣٣ 
١٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 23
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ  
9ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ 
10ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ 
11ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCIﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻓﻲﺑﻌ   
ّ
ﺐ
12ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ()ﻣﺮﻛ   
13ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ 
14ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ 
15ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
ّ
ﺒﺔﻓﻲﺑﻌ
ّ
ﺐ
1ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﺡ 
2ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ 
3ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ 
4ﺍﻟﻤﻮUSB  
5ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ 
6ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ)ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
7ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ)ﻣﺮﻛ  
8ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﻣﺮﻛ  
ﺗ 
ﻣﻼﻳﺄﺗﻲ 
ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤١٢  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١١   
Page 24
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ  
1ﻣﻮﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥﻣﻮﻟﺘﻮﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(     
17ﻭClear CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide  
Semiconductor) /Recovery
18ﻣﻮUSBﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ1ﻟﺘﻮUSBﺭﻗﻢ1ﻭ2ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ(           
19ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 
20ﻣﻮUSBﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ2)ﻟﺘﻮUSBﺇﺿ       
23ﻣﻮ 
24ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕPCI  
25ﻣﻮDisplayPort  
26ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭPCI Express x1  
27ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭPCI Express x16  
28ﻣﻮ 
29ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻣﻮ  
30ﻣﻮPS/2  
2ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
3ﻣﻮ 
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ1  
5ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ2  
6ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ3ﻣﻮ(COM2)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ     
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ4ﻣﻮ   
8ﻣﻮ 
9ﻣﻮSATAﺫﺍﺕ4ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ(2)      
10ﻣﻮ14ﺳﻨﻮﻥ   
11ﻣﻮSATAﺭﻗﻢ1ﻭ2)ﻣﻮSATA 3.0        
12ﻣﻮ 
13ﻣﻮeSATA  
14ﻣﻮSATAﺭﻗﻢ3ﻣﻮSATA 2.0      
15ﻣﻮ 
ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥١٣  
١٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 25
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ  
1ﻣﻮﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥﻣﻮﻟﺘﻮﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(     
17ﻭClear CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide  
Semiconductor) /Recovery
18ﻣﻮUSBﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ1ﻟﺘﻮUSBﺭﻗﻢ1ﻭ2ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ(           
19ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 
20ﻣﻮUSBﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ2)ﻟﺘﻮUSBﺇﺿ       
23ﻣﻮ 
24ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕPCI  
25ﻣﻮDisplayPort  
26ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭPCI Express x1  
27ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭPCI Express x16  
28ﻣﻮ 
29ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻣﻮ  
30ﻣﻮPS/2  
2ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
3ﻣﻮ 
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ1  
5ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ2  
6ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ3ﻣﻮ(COM2)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ     
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ4ﻣﻮ   
8ﻣﻮ 
9ﻣﻮSATAﺫﺍﺕ4ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ(2)      
10ﻣﻮ14ﺳﻨﻮﻥ   
11ﻣﻮSATAﺭﻗﻢ1ﻣﻮSATA 3.0      
12ﻣﻮ 
13ﻣﻮSATAﺭﻗﻢ2ﻭ3ﻣﻮSATA 2.0        
14ﻣﻮeSATA  
15ﻣﻮ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٣   
Page 26
ﺗ 
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ.ﻓﻲ،ﺗﺘﻢﺍﻹ،     
ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ12،ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ.   
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﻓﻴﺠ،ﺑﺎﻹ،ﺑﻄ   
ﺻ،ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ.ﺍﺭﺟ"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٣    
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦١٤  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦.ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ  
1ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ1-ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀﻣﻊﻣﺸﻐﻞ   
2ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ2-ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ   
3ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ3-ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍmSATA    
4ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ4-ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍSATAﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐSATAﺑﺤﺠﻢ3.5ﺑﻮSATAﺑﺤﺠﻢ            
2.5ﺑﻮ 
5 ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ5-ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ SATA)ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ SATA3.5ﺻ ﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ SATA      
ﺑﺤﺠﻢ2.5 
ﻣﻠ 
ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻬﺪ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻻﺗLenovo،ﺗﻌﻤﻞ    
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻨﻲ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ
١٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 27
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧.ﻣﻠﺼ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٥   
Page 28
١٦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 29
http://www.lenovo.com/ThinkCentreUserGuides
ﺍﻟ٢  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﻷ 
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ
ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ؟ 
ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮLenovo 
ﺃﻳﻦ؟ 
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ،٨٧  
ﺑﺎﻹ،ﻓﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo    
ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ،١١"ﺍﻟﺤ١٢٣.ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ،       
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻷﻗﺮﺍ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢ    
ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ
ﺃﻳﻦWindows؟  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindowsWindows   
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ.ﻟﻠﻮWindows،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ   
•ﻓﻲ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ     
•ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ     
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻮWindows 8  
ﻓﻲWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﻟﻠﻮWindows 8،      
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﺣﺪﺍﻹ
• ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ 
١.ﺣ 
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.  
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.  
•ﻣﻦ 
١.ﺣ 
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ  
٣.ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows       
ﺍ 
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻄ،ﻳﺄﺗﻲ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ  
ﺍﺧﺘMicrosoft Windows 
١٧
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 30
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘWindowsﻋﻠﻰ١٨    
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ١٨    
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﻋﻠﻰ١٨   
ﺍWindows  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮMicrosoft Windows 
• ﺷﻌﺎﺭ WindowsAltﻛ ﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ .ﻓﻬﻤﺎﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥﺑﺸﻌﺎﺭ Windowsﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،      
ﺍWindowsﺍﺑﺪﺃ.ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺍWindows      
ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒWindows  ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ
• ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Ctrlﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ .ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ   
ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦﺍﻟﻨﺸ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣ ﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ .ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺃﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ     
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕEsc 
ﺍThinkVantage  
ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺑﻌThinkVantageLenovo  
ﻓﻲWindows 7،ﻳﺆﺩﻱThinkVantageSimpleTap،ﺍﻧﻈ"ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ       
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo٦.  
ﺍ 
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﻬﺎﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ     
Lenovoﻋﻠﻰ٦.  
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkVantage Fingerprint Softwareﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ      
!!Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolsﻗﺎﺭ  
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.ﻟﻼ،ﺍﺭThinkVantage Fingerprint Software   
ﺍ 
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ
1ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ 
2ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻓﻲﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺣﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ.  
١٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 31
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻌﺮ
3ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
Windows
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟ.ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺤﺘﻮ  
ﻋﻠﻰPCI 
ﻣ 
ﻓﻲ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ  
ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ؛ ًﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ:ﻣﻮ،،ﻭﻣﻮ.ﻭﻓﻲ     
ﺑﻌ،ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻮ)ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ(.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ   
ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ،ﻓ ًﻋ
ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳًﺎ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ، 
ﻣﻦWindows ّﻙ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻛﺘﻢ  
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ١٩  
ﺇﺿ
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻣﻦWindowsﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ      
٢.ﻓﻲﺷﺍﻧﻘﺮﺗﺨ    
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.      
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ   
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ  
٢.ﻓﻲﺷﺍﻧﻘﺮﺗﺨ    
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.      
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ   
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ .ﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻷﻓﻲWindows 8ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ         
ﺍﻷ
٢.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺿ    
٣.ﺣ ّﻙ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ١٩  
Page 32
ﺍCDDVD   
ﻗﺪﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺘ   ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ  
DVDﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﺫﺍﺕﺳﻢ)ﺑﻮﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ      ًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ  
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍDVD-ROMDVD-RDVD-RAMDVD-RWCD،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍCD-ROM       
ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍCD-RWCD-RCD.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚDVD،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ      ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺴ
DVD-R ﺹ DVD-RWﻣﻦﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD-RAMﺹ CD-RWﻭﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CD-R    
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹDVD 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
–ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ  
–ﺍﻟﺮ  
–ﻏﺒﺎﺭ  
–ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ  
–ﺳ  
–ﺿ 
•ﻻCDﺃﻭDVDﻓﻲ     
•ﻗﺒﻞ،ﺃﺧﺮCDﺃﻭDVDﻣﻦ       
ﺍCDDVD   
ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮCDDVD؛ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﻻCDDVD،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ      
ﺍﻹ
•ﺃﻣﺴﻻ  
•ﻹ،ﺍﻣﺴﺢﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ    
ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻻ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﻻ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﻻﻓﻘﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ  
ﺗCDDVD   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﻭ     
DVD،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺪﺭ   
٢.ﻭﺃﺩﺧﺃﻭﻓﻲﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﻋﻠﻰﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ       
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻗﺮ ﺹ CDﺃﻭDVDﺣﺘﻰﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .     
٣.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ     ًﺎ.
ﻟﻼ،ﺍﺭCDDVD   
ﻹCDDVDDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:    
١.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ   ًﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮ 
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺪﺭ  
٢٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 33
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻘﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ /ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞﻗ ﺼ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ    
ﻓﻲDVD.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ   ًﻣﻦ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﻓﻲ 
ﺗCDDVD   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎDVD ًﻹ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚCDDVD   
ﻟﺘﺴDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ  
• ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo EditionPower2Go    ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
–ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCorel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ      
!!Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo EditionCorel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Editionﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ   
ﻋ
–Power2Go،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞPowerDVD CreatePower2Go.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ        
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power2Goﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:     
١.ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐPower2Go     
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕPower2Goﻓﻲ   
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
®
Playerﻟﺘﺴﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺔﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،    
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ١٢٣ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢١   
Page 34
٢٢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 35
http://www.lenovo.com/healthycomputing
ﺍﻟ٣  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺇﻣ 
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﻭﺍﻷ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮ
ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡLenovo.ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ   ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ 
ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ   
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺗﺮ 
ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖﺃﻗ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴ  
ﺑﻪ.ﻭﺗﻌﺪ،ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺛﺮ    
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣ 
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﺇﻻﺃﻥ 
ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ.ﻳﺠ  
ﺃﻓ.ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ.ﻗﻢﺑ  ًﺎﻟﻸ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻳﺠ ًﺎﻟﻸ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻤﺴ ًﺎ
ﻭﺍﻷ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ 
ﺍ،ﺃﻭﺃﺩﻧﻰ،51   
61،ﻭﻳﺠ ًﺎ،،ﻣﺜﻞ  
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ 
٢٣
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 36
ﺍﻹ 
ﺿ،،ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ.ﺍﻟ   
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ.ﺍ،ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺃﻣﻜﻦ   
ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻗﻢ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ  ًﺎ،ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ،ﻣﻦ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ    
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ
ﻓﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺮ.ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺮ   
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ.ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ًﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺩ 
ﺗﻨﺘﺞ.ﻳﺤﺘﻮ.ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ   
ﻓﺘﺪﻉﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ   
ﺗﻠء،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ  ًﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ51)2ﺑﻮ(.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻳ   ًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ
ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﺂ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ    
•ﻳﺠ ًﺍﻋ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ"ﺃﺳvi   
ﺗ 
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺴ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ؛ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻟﺬﻱLenovo   
ﺃﻳﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚLenovo،Lenovo    
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ.ﻭﻋ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ  
ﻟﺘﺴLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ  
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/registerﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ   
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ًﺎ:
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰWindows 7ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Product Registrationﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ     ًﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ 
–Windows 8Lenovo Supportﺗﺴ   
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻧﻘ 
ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﻳﺠ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ   
ﻋ
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ٢٥   
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳﻋﻠﻰ٢٥   
٢٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 37
ﻣ 
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ،ﺃﻣﺎ  
ﺑﻌ،ﻓﻼ.ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻳﺠ   
ﻭﺍﺛﻘًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﻳﺠ)ﻣﺨﺮ(ﺍﻟﺘﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ،ﻓﺎﺗ    
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﺭﺟ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﺑﺎﻹ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻔﺤ 
•،ﻳﺠ 
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ًﺎﻣﻌﻪ، 
ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮ،ﻣﺎﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،  
•،ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ  
ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ًﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ  
ﺍﻟﻨﻈ
ﺍ 
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺃﻭ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo  
http://www.lenovo.com/powercordnotice
ﻟﻼ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ: 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٣.ﺃﻧﺖ٢٥   
Page 38
٢٦ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 39
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺍﻷ ﻣ ﺎ ﻥ  ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺧ 
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ
• Computrace Agentﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ  
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agent 
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Computrace Agent  
• ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ )ﻳﺴﻤﻰﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺎﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺪﺧ ﻞ ( 
ﻳﺤﻮﻝ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ 
ﻣﻮ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮSecurityﺣﺪﺩChassis Intrusion DetectionEnabledﻳﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ      
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﺘﺸ،.ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ  
ﺍﻟﺨ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﺍF1ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲSetup UtilityﺛﻢﺍF10ﻟﻠﺤﻔﻆSetup Utilityﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢ         
ﺍﻟﺨ
• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ٩  
• ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ  ُﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ (
ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻄ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤﺘﻮ.ﻓﻤﻦ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup Utility  
ﻋ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ  
ﻭﺍﻵﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
• ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ٩  
• 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 
ﻭﺣﺪﺓTrusted Platform Module 
٢٧
ﻗﻔ 
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻗﻔﻞ.ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ًﺍﺑﺤﻠﻘﺔﻗﻔﻞ
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 40
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٨.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ   
ﺗ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ٩. 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
1ﻓﻲ 
2ﺇﻟﻰﺇﻟﻰ  
١.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ 
٢.ﺍﺳ 
٣.ﺍ 
٢٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 41
http://www.lenovo.com/support
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ   
ﺗ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻔﻞ،ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻴﻪﺑﺎﺳﻢﻗﻔﻞKensington،ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ.ﻳﺘﻢ     
ﺑﺨﺎﻧﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻳ.ﻳﻌﺪ   
ﻧﻮﻉ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovoKensington   
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٢٩   
Page 42
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٠.ﻗﻔﻞ  
ﺍ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚMicrosoft WindowsBIOS  
ﺍﻻ
ﻛﻠﻤﺎBIOS  
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup UtilityBIOS   
ﺑﻚ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ 
• Power-On PasswordPower-On Password،ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ    ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.،٩  
٦.
• Hard Disk Passwordﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ  
ﺍﻟﻘﺮHard Disk Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﻣﺤﺮ،ﺍﺭﺟ٩  
ً
• Administrator Passwordﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻣﺴﺆﻭ ﻻ   
ﻋ،ﻓﻴﺠAdministrator Password،ﺍﺭ   
"٩ 
ﻟﺴ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ  
ﻛﻠﻤﺎWindows  
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟ١٢٣  
٣٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 43
ﺗﻜ 
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup Utility  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮFingerprint SetupSecuritySetup Utility   
•Preboot Authenticationﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.   
•Erase Fingerprint Dataﻟﻤﺴ  
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup UtilityﺣﺪﺩSecurityFingerprint SetupﺛﻢﺍEnterﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ        
Fingerprint Setup
٣.ﺣﺪﺩPreboot AuthenticationﺃﻭErase Fingerprint DataﺣEnter      
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹEnter  
٥.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﺍ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ،.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ  ًﺎ 
ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ًﺎ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ 
ﻋﻠﻰ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﺤﻤﻲ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ  
ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﺍﺭ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ًﺎWindowsWindows،   
"ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١٢٣ 
ﺣ 
ﻟﻘﺪﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ
ﺗﻘﺪﻡLenovo30.ﺑﻌﺪ30،ﻳﺠ      
ﺑﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﻭﻣ  ًﺎﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٣١   
Page 44
٣٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 45
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺗﺮ ﻛ ﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎ ﺯ ﺃ ﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ  ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ
ﻻ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﻳﻌﺪ ًﺎﺃﻥﺗ
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺣﻴﺚ  
•ﻳﺠ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞPCIﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ   
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ
•ﻗﻢﺑﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ 
•ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻳﺠ   
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ
• ،ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ      
ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻮ 
• ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺗﺮ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻣﻼ
١.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﻓﻘﻂ.  
٢.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ  
ﺗﺮ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ،   
ﻳﺠ،ﺍﺭ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٨٩ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ    
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
٣٣
ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 46
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ  
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ 
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺍﺭﺟﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ    
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ     
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﻣﺜﻞﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻭﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﺗﺤﻤﻲﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰﻗﻔﻞﻋﻠﻰﻭ       
"ﺗﻮﻋﻠﻰ  
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ 
٦.ﺍﺛﻢﺍﺳ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ  
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ 
٣٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 47
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٢.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ  
٤ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ،ﺛﻢ  
ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺗﺮPCI  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻳﺘﻴﺢPCIPCI،ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express x1،     
ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express x16 
ﻻPCI،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
1ﻟﻔﺘﺢ 
٣ .ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٥   
Page 48
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٣.ﻓﺘﺢPCI   
٤ .ًﺎﻟﻤﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ : 
•ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖPCI،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔ    
•ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖPCIﻗﺪﻳﻢ،ﺍﻣﺴ     
٣٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 49
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٤.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI   
ﻣﻼ
a. ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻼﺋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ .ﻗﻢ،ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭ ﺏ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ    
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ
1 ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻼﻗﻔﺔ .ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ   
b.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ،ﺍ   
ﻭﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ.  
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ PCI Express x16ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻏﻼ ﻕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ .   
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮPCI  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٧   
Page 50
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐPCI   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺗﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎDDR3 DIMMs32  
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕDDR3 UDIMM248     
ﺇﻟﻰ32 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ،  
ﺍﻧﻈ١١ 
X, 2
DIMM 1
X, 1
X, 3
X, 3
UDIMM
ﻭﺣﺪﺓUDIMM 
ﻭﺣﺪﺗﺎUDIMM 
ﺛﻼUDIMM 
ﺃﺭﺑﻊﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕUDIMM 
٣٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 51
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻮ 
٤.ﻳﺠﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﺑﻨﺎﺀ  ًﻋﻠﻰﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ 
x16ﻟﻠﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻋﻠﻰ    
٦.ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻤﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ 
• ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﻛﻠﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻭﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﺳ ﺤﺒﻬﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ . 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٦.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ  
• ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺨﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻴﻬﺎ . 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٧.ﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻠﺒﺴﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ  
٧ .ﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﺤﺰ 1ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ 2ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻗﻢ    
ﺑﺪﻓﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٩   
Page 52
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٨.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ PCI Express x16،ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ .   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺗﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
• ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ  
ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻓﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ  
• ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ،ﻭﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ   
ﺍﻷ
٤٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 53
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٩.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ  
٥ .ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٦ .ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒ ﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ . 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤١   
Page 54
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٧ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٢.ﺗﻮ  
٨ .ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺗﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
٤٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 55
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ .ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ،"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٣.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ       
ﺍﻻ،٤٥  
ﺗﺮﻛﻴ
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺔﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺜﺒﺖﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ  
٦.ﺭﻛ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٣   
Page 56
٧ .ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ . 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻓﻲﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ      
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
2 ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻜﻴﻦ1ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ      
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﺗﻀ ﻄ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ  
ﻗﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٦.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
٤٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 57
• ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٤  
ﺍﺳ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ : 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻗﺎﺭﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ     
٦.ﺍ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﺎﺭﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ  
٧.ﺭﻛ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ  
٨.ﺃﺩﺧﻞ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٥   
Page 58
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٩.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ      
١٠ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
١١ﻻﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﺎﺕ)ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ(ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯ.ﺗﻈ    
ﻣﺤﺘﻔﻈﺔﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻻ.ﻟﻜﻦ،.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ،    
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ)ﻣﺘ(.ﺳﻴﺘﻢ  
ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ"ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﻓﻲ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ"ﻟﻼ    
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ. 
٤٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 59
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٠.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ  
٥ .ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٦ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٤ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺄ .ﻭﻳﻌﺪﻫﺬﺍﺃﻣﺮ    ًﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴًﺎ ،ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. 
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
٨.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ     
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﻳﻌﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟ  
ﺗUnderwriters Laboratories (UL) 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٧   
Page 60
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻻ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺗﻴﺎﺭ،ﻓﺎﺗ 
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ 
٥.ﺿ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ  
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺪﻓﻊ 
٧.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥ 
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ.
٩ .ﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﻠﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺤﻬﺎﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo  
١٠ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ . 
٤٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 61
١١ ﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ 
ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻮ 
٤.ﻳﺠﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﻓﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ   
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ  
٦.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ 
1ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺍﻧﺰ 
b.ﺍﻧﺰ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ   
ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٩   
Page 62
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٣.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘ  
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄ ﻞ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﻌﻴﺪ  ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﻼ
a.ﺭﺑﻤﺎﻳﺠ 
b.ﻻ 
٨ .ﺿﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﻮﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ  
ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
٩ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ .ﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ .
1ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
b.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
١٠ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ   
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"١١ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
٥٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 63
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ 
ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻮ 
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺿﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻬﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻼ ﻣﺴﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﺷ ﻲ ء. 
1ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰﻟﻠﻮ  
٦ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٤.ﺍﻟﺘﻮ  
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ . 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥١   
Page 64
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ  
ﻣﻼ
a.ﻗﺪﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
1ﻓﻲ 
ﺎ
ً
2 ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.ﻳﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ   
b.ﻳﺠﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  ًﺎﺍﻟﺒﺤ
ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ
c.ﺍﻟﻤﻻ  
d.ﻻءﻓﻲ   ًﺎ.ﻳﺠ 
٨.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ 
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ 
١٠ﺃﻣﺴ 
ﺗﺠﻮﻳ
١١ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﻴﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
٥٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 65
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
١٢ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ 
١٣ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
١٤ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺗﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ2.5 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏ ﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٣   
Page 66
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٢ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺤ ﺠﻢ 3.5ﺻ ﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ 1    
ﻭ234   
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٨.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ 
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﺭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻋﻠﻰ    
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
٥٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 67
ﺗﺮmSATA  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮmSATA 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATAﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ  ُﺮﺯ .ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ،"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ    
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟmSATA٥٥.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ،"ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝmSATA٥٦       
ﺗﺮﻛﻴmSATA 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATAﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺃﺩﺧﻞmSATAﻓﻲPCI Expressﺍﻟ     
ﺍﻟmSATA 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐmSATA   
٢ .ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻴﻴﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺤ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐmSATA   
٣ .ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٥   
Page 68
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐmSATA   
٤.mSATA 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍﺳmSATA 
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATAﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻗﺎﺭﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﻓmSATA  
٦.ﺍﻣﻦ  
٥٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 69
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٢.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦmSATA   
٧ .ﻏﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٣.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏmSATA   
٨ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATAﻓﺘﺤﺔ PCI Expressﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ .   
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٧   
Page 70
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٤.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍmSATA   
٩ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA،ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻫﺬﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ PCI Expressﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﺑﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ     
ﻣﺤﺮmSATA 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐmSATA   
١٠ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻴﻴﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺤ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ .
٥٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 71
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐmSATA   
١١ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐmSATA   
١٢mSATA 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٩   
Page 72
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ  ًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻ ﻠﺒﺔﺑﺤ ﺠﻢ 2.5ﺻ ﺔ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ   
ﺍﻟ،ﺍﻧﻈ٥٣  
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺍﻓ 
ﻟﻔﻚ
٥ .ﺍﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻷﺯ ﺭ ﻕ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٨.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ  
٦ .ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺍﻷﺯ ﺭ ﻕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩ .
1ﻭ2ﻭﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ    
5ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ 
٧ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ   
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ
٦٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 73
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨ .ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞ ﺻ ﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٩ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦١   
Page 74
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ  ًﺍﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ 3.5ﺻ ﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻ ﻠﺒﺔ 2.5ﺻ ﺔ   
ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ،ﺍﻧﻈ٥٣  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺍﻓ 
٥.ﺍﺟﺬ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ  
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ 
1ﻭ2ﻭﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ    
5ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ 
٧ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ   
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ
٦٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 75
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨ .ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺻ ﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ . 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٩ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٣   
Page 76
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ . 
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
١١
٥.ﺗﻜﻮﻥﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﺭﺑﻊﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ . 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٤.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ  
٦ .ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺛﻢﺍﺩﻓﻊﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ
٧ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﺃﻃ ﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ . 
٦٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 77
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ 
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ 
٥.ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﻦ  
ﻭﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٥   
Page 78
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻣ ﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔﻣﻌﻬﺎ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٦.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ  
٦ .ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺛﻢﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ 
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
٧ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃ ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ . 
٦٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 79
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍUSB  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮUSB 
ﻻUSB،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻭﺍﻟﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ     
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٧  
Page 80
ﻣﻼﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ 
٦ .ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٨.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺜﺒﺖUSB   
٧ .ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USBﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻬﺎﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USBﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ   
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﻣﻦ
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ   
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
١٠ﺭﻛ 
١١ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮﻭﺍﻟﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ     
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ  
١٢ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ . 
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
١ .ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ .
٦٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 81
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ 
ﻙ
ّ
1ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ 
٥ .ﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٩.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ  
٦ .ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ 1ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ . 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٩   
Page 82
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٧ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﻓﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
١١
1ﺍﻟﺬﻱ 
٦ .ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ  
ﺛﻢﺍﻓ
٧٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 83
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦١.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ  
٧ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ . 
1ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻜﻴﻞ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ  
1ﻭ2ﻓﻲ  
٨ .ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻰ  
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٩ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧١   
Page 84
١٠ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ 
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﻓﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
١١
٦.ﺃﺧﺮﺛﻢﺃﺧﺮ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ  
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
٧٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 85
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍWiFi  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮWiFiWiFiWiFiWiFiWiFi     
ﻳﺘWiFi 
•ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﻋﻠﻰ٧٣    
•ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔWiFiﻋﻠﻰ٧٦    
•ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFiﻋﻠﻰ٧٧    
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔWiFi 
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFiﻗﻢﺑﺎﻹﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ًﺍﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﺗﺪﻋﻢﻭBluetoothﻓﺎﻓBluetoothﻋWiFi       
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٣   
Page 86
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٥.ﻓﺼBluetooth   
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞBluetoothﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ Bluetoothﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFiﺻ ﻞ USBﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻋﻢ       
ﻭBluetooth 
1ﻟﻔﺘﺢPCI  
٤.ﻓﻲﺍ  
٧٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 87
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٦.ﻓﺘﺢPCI   
٥ .ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFiﺣﺎﻟﻴ   ًﺎﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻬﺎﺑﺒﻂ ءﺝﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ . 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٥   
Page 88
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٧.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi   
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻼﺋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ .ﻗﻢ،ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭ ﺏ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ     
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔWiFi 
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFiﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFiﻣﻦWiFiﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣWiFi      
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFi  
٢.ﺃﺯWiFiﻓﻲWiFi    
٧٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 89
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٩.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏWiFi   
٣ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFiﻓﺘﺤﺔ PCI Expressﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFi    
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٠.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi   
ﺗﺮﻛﻴWiFi 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ WiFiﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺃﺩﺧﻞWiFiﻓﻲPCI ExpressﺍﻟWiFiﻓﻲWiFi        
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٧   
Page 90
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi   
٢.WiFi 
٧٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 91
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFi  
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻓﻲﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ      
٤.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖWiFiﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔﺗﺪﻋﻢBluetoothﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞBluetoothﻟﺘﻮBluetoothﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ         
WiFiﺑﻤﻮﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ  
٥.WiFi 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺗﺮWiFi  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮWiFi 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴWiFi 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ   
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٩  
Page 92
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔWiFi 
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺪﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ  
٣.ﺃﻣﺴ ًﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦ  
٨٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 93
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺗﺮWiFi  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮWiFi 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴWiFi 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺍﻧﺰ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٨١   
Page 94
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٦.ﻧﺰﻉ  
٥ .ّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ .ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi   
٦.WiFi 
٨٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 95
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔWiFi 
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺍﻓWiFi  
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFiﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ  
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٨٣  
Page 96
٣.ﺍﻓ 
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈ    
"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ٨ﺃﻭ 
ﻋﻠﻰ٩. 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٩.ﺗﻮUSB   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٨٤      
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ 
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻ،ﻳﺠ.ﺃﻳ  ًﺎ، ًﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪSetup Utility٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ   
Setup Utility٩ 
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻪﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ١٠ 
٢.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤﻓﺄﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.ﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ     
٣.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺃﺑﻖﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ  
ﻏ
٤ .ﻊ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﺸﻴﻖ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻀ ﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻘ ﻀ ﺒﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .ﻗﻢﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ 
ﺑﺎﻟ
٨٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 97
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٨٠.ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
٦.ﻓﻲﻗﻢﺑﺈﻗﻔﺎﻝﺃﻧﻈﻗﻔﻞﻋﻠﻰ     
٧.ﻓﻲﻗﻢﺑﺈﻗﻔﺎﻝﺃﻧﻈﺗﻮﻋﻠﻰ     
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻠﻰ    
٩.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﺭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ،ﺗﻄﻠﺐﺷﺮﻛﺔ Lenovoﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ (CRU)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ     
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻣﻊCRUCRU  
ﺍﻟﺤ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚhttp://www.lenovo.com/support  
ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٨٥   
Page 98
٨٦ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 99
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘ ﻌﺎﺩ ﺓ  ﻳﺘﻴﺢLenovo 
•ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 7ﻋﻠﻰ٨٧    
•ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 8ﻋﻠﻰ٩    
ﻣWindows 7  
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ 
•ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery  
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ 
•ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
•ﺣ 
ﻣﻼ
١ .ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Enhanced Backup and Restore ًﺎ،ﻓﺈﻥ  
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
a.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ      ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎEnhanced Backup and Restore 
b.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
c.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂEnhanced Backup and Restore    
٢ .ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ
٣ .ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻸ ﻏﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ :
٨٧
•ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
•ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ 
ﺇﻧ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ  
ﺇﻟﻰ،ﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ،ﺃﻭ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ    
ﻭﻗﺖ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻗﺪ  
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚMicrosoft Windows،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ    
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺤﻔﻆ
ﺇﻧ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ USB    
ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀWindows 7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools     
!!ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .    
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 100
ﺍﺳ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻓﻲWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺍﺳﺘﻼ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ  ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ 
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
ﻻWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭUSB  
ﻣﺤﺮ
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﺑﻤﺠﺍﺗﺮ    ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ   
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ     
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ٩ 
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚRescue and Recovery،ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ  
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،،ﺑﺎﻹ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚRescue and Recovery    
•ﻓﻲ 
•ﻋﻠﻰ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ   ّﺐ
•ﻋﻠﻰUSBﺧﺎﺭ   
•ﻋﻠﻰ 
•ﻋﻠﻰﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ  
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 
ﺇﺟ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮRescue and Recovery 
ﻹRescue and RecoveryWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools       
!!Enhanced Backup and RestoreﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢRescue and Recovery   
٢.ﻓﻲﺍLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery   
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕBack up your hard driveﺛﻢﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ    
ﺍﻻ
ﺇﺟ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮRescue and Recovery 
ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬRescue and RecoveryWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools       
!!Enhanced Backup and RestoreﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢRescue and Recovery   
٢.ﻓﻲﺍLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery   
٨٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre